Black Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Black Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the Black Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels below black set by the Black Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels below black are passed without clipping. |
|
Black Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the Black Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.8 IRE to +6.8 IRE (for 525) -47.9 mV to +47.9 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined black luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
White Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the White Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the White Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels above white set by the White Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels above white are passed without clipping. |
|
White Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the White Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
+90.0 IRE to +109.0 IRE (for 525) +636.8 mV to +763.1 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
100.0 IRE (for 525) 700.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined white luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
Fld1 Line 6 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 6 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 7 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 7 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 8 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 9 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 9 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 10 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 11 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 13 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 14 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 15 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 17 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 18 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 19 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 20 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 21 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 22 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 22 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 23 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 23 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 6 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 6 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 7 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 7 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 8 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 9 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 9 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 10 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 11 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 13 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 14 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 15 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 17 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 18 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 19 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 20 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 21 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 22 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 22 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 23 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 23 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Comb, Notch, Bypass to Y, Blank |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Video Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the video gain of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
This is an analog video gain control that is applied to the video signal prior to the digitization. The purpose of this control is to compensate a video input signal that has a serious level problem. When an unity level signal is digitized, it avoids clipping and the proper quantization is expected. If the input video signal varies within reasonable level, in most case, this control should be set to the unity gain and use the digital gain controls to compensate for the variance in video input. |
|
Black Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the black level of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-15.0 IRE to +15.0 IRE (for 525) -100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control defines the darkest level of the picture contents. Increase or descrese in black level effects the brightness of the picture. |
|
Luma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Luminance gain of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the luminance (black and white) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the contrast of the picture. |
|
Chroma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance gain of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the chrominace (color) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the intensity of the color of the picture. |
|
Hue Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance phase of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-180.00� to +179.94� (for 525) -90.00� to +90.00� (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00� |
|
Description: |
Hue is completely separate from the intensity or the saturation of the color and often used synonymously with the term tint. The varying in level actually changes the color of the video. |
|
Cb Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Gain of the digitized Cb channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cb channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the horizontal axis gain. |
|
Cr Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Gain of the digitized Cr channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cr channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the vertical axis gain. |
|
Cb Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the DC Offset of the digitized Cb channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cb channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the horizontal axis. |
|
Cr Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the DC Offset of the digitized Cr channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cr channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the vertical axis. |
|
Frame Comb |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of frame combing. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On (for 525) On (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When activated, the combing algorithm analyzes the video content frame-by-frame and determines whether to perform the frame combing. If the frame combing is not possible, then the algorithm automatically disables the frame combing. This combing option is best suited for the static images. |
|
Field Comb |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of field combing. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On (for 525) On (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When activated, the combing algorithm analyzes the video content field-by-field and determines whether to perform the field combing. If the field combing is not possible, then the algorithm automatically disables the field combing. This combing option is best suited for the news coverage. |
|
Line Comb |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of line combing. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On (for 525) On (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When activated, the combing algorithm analyzes the video content line-by-line and determines whether to perform the line combing. If the line combing is not possible, then the algorithm automatically disables the line combing. This combing option is best suited for the fast moving video such as sports. |
|
Notch Comb |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of notch combing. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On (for 525) On (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When enabled and all temporal and spatial combing fail, then the notch filter is used to eliminate chrominance (color) information from the luminance (brightness) information in a composite video signal. |
|
Composite In Std Set |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Sets the operational standard for the Composite video input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, SECAM |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto (for 525) Auto (for 625) |
|
Decoder Lock Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Selects the locking source for the input clock generation circuitry. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Sync, Burst |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto (for 525) Auto (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The analog input clock circuitry can be locked to either Sync or Burst from the input video signal. The Auto setting chooses the Burst signal as the first locking source for the input clock generation but if it is missing or the frequency is beyond the locking range, then the logic switches to the Sync signal as the locking reference source. The Burst locking option is preferred as it provides a more reliable and stable locking. |
|
Input H-Position |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the horizontal position of the picture. |
|
Valid Range: |
-69.271 ns to 68.729 ns (for 525) -69.271 ns to 68.729 ns (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 ns |
|
Hanover Bar Suppress |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Hanover Bar Suppression. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only active for PAL input signal. The appearance of coloured bars at line frequency is visible if there are phase or differential phase errors. When the Hanover Bars Supression is enabled, the HUE adjustment will affect the amplitude of the color difference signals. |
|
SETUP Line Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Selects a starting line for the removal of the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Range: |
10 to 25 (for 525) 10 to 25 (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
22 |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 line analog signals and affects only the VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) lines. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows the user to specify where to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal from the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
SETUP I/P Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal from all active video lines. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
With (for 525) Without (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 line analog signals and affects only the active video lines. The SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) level is not applicable in D1 video domain therefore, if the input video contains the SETUP signal, it should be removed at the D1 output stage. In North America, most of analog video signals contain the SETUP signal so setting this option to With will remove the 7.5 IRE pedestal and rescale the D1 output video. Few Asian countries use the No SETUP standard where the video swings up from 0 IRE therefore Without is the recommended setting. |
|
TBC Active |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Returns the status of TBC activation. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
Indicates when the TBC function is active and the front panel LED illuminates accordingly. |
|
TBC Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Specifies whether or not the analog input signal is to be time base corrected by the unit�s TBC circuitry. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AutoSwitch, On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
AutoSwitch (for 525) AutoSwitch (for 625) |
|
Description: |
In Auto-Switch mode, the unit will sense the incoming composite video signal and automatically switches in and out of the TBC circuitry. The TBC is always used for S-Video input, independent of this setting. In Off mode, the internal TBC is not active, and the TBC indicator on the front of the unit will be off. The composite input must be a stable, RS-170A signal (such as a satellite or live camera feed). In On mode, generally for heterodyned signals from sources such as a VTR, the unit will time base correct the composite input signal. The TBC indicator on the front of the unit will be on. When the input video goes through the TBC path, the video quality degradation is inevitable. |
|
Vertical Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the vertical phase of the analog frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 lines to 524 lines (for 525) 0 lines to 624 lines (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 lines |
|
Horizontal Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the horizontal phase of the analog frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.00 us to 63.56 us (for 525) 0.00 uS to 64.00 us (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 us |
|
Loss-Of-Video Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects the output behavior mode when it detects loss of input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Pass, Freeze, Black |
|
Default Setting: |
Pass (for 525) Pass (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Sets the output behavior in the event of Loss of Input Video. When set to Black or Freeze, the output video sends out either black or last good frozen image respectively. If set to Pass, the converted input video is sent out straight thru. This setting may affect the downstreaming units as any input disturbances to X75 unit is passed straight thru the output. |
|
Freeze Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects a type of frozen output video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Field1, Field2, Frame |
|
Default Setting: |
Field1 (for 525) Field1 (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This setting instructs the Frame Synchronizer's memory device to grab which portion of the video (Field1, Field2, Frame) and send to outputs in the event of loss of input video or a user forces the freeze action. |
|
Force Freeze |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to freeze. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Force Black |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to black. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Composite In Std FB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Reports the detected composite input video standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
N/A, NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, SECAM |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
I/P Video Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P Burst Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the burst signal from the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P Locked |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the locked status of the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P Noise Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of noise at analog input video signal when above set threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P SCH Err Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the detected subcarrier/horizontal phase relationship from the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
It's a just a warning indicator when the selected Composite video source's SC/H error is greater than +/-45 degrees. |
|
I/P Frozen |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the video frozen status. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
The video contents are evaluated both spatially and temporally to determine whether the input video source is a frozen. As long as the motion is detected from the input video, the alarm is not asserted. The static test signal will generate the video frozen alarm. |
|
Low Video Detected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input video signal falls below the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the analog input video level is below the level set by the "Low Video Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Low Video Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
Peak White Detected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input luminance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the analog input video's peak white level is above the level set by the "Peak White Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak White Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
Peak Chroma Detected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input chrominance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the analog input video's peak chroma level is above the level set by the "Peak Chroma Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak Chroma Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
CC Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the Closed Captioning data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Analog Video Source |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (A3D) |
|
Function: |
Selects the analog input video source. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Composite, S-VIDEO, CAV |
|
Default Setting: |
Composite |
|
Description: |
The analog video input module contains the ProcAmp and a single Frame Synchronizer. Only a single video source (Composite, S-Video, CAV) can be selected and processed. |
|
Black Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Black Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the Black Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels below black set by the Black Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels below black are passed without clipping. |
|
Black Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the Black Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.85 IRE to +6.85 IRE (for 525) -50.00 mV to +50.00 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 IRE (for 525) 0.00 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined black luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
White Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the White Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the White Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels above white set by the White Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels above white are passed without clipping. |
|
White Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the White Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
+90.00 IRE to +109.02 IRE (for 525) +636.87 mV to +763.13 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
100.00 IRE (for 525) 700.00 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined white luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
Fld1 Line 6 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 6 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 7 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 7 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 8 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 9 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 9 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 10 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 11 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 13 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 14 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 15 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 17 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 18 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 19 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 20 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 21 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 22 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 22 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld1 Line 23 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field1, Line 23 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 6 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 6 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 7 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 7 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 8 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 9 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 9 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 10 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 11 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 13 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 14 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 15 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 17 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 18 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 19 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 20 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Blank (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 21 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Bypass to Y (for 525) Blank (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 22 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 22 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
Fld2 Line 23 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI Combing - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the processing options for Field2, Line 23 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Bypass to Y, Blank, Notch, Comb |
|
Default Setting: |
Comb (for 525) Bypass to Y (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The VBI (Vertical Blanking Interval) Combing control allows user to custom configure/process the VBI lines line-by-line basis. When a line is set to Comb, the same active lines' combing algorithm is applied to the selected VBI line. When a line is set to Notch, the selected VBI line will be sampled from the input video and then passed through a simple notch filter. When a line is set to Bypass to Y, the selected VBI line is sampled and passed through the Y channel to prevent the video data from corrupting. When a line is set to Blank, the selected VBI line is blanked out completely resulting a black signal. |
|
VBI Lines In SETUP |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal from all Vertical Blanking Interval lines. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Line-By-Line, All-Without, All-With |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows global removal of the SETUP signals in all VBI lines at once to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 22 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
With (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
Without (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 22 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc/VBI SETUP - Fld2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
With (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is not applicable to 625 standard signals. Typically, the VBI lines should not contain the SETUP signal but some source signals may contain it erroneously. This control allows line-by-line removal of the SETUP signal in the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the VBI blanking level. |
|
Black Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the video gain of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-15.0 IRE to +15.0 IRE (for 525) -100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control defines the darkest level of the picture contents hence increase in black level effects the brightness of the picture. |
|
Luma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Luminance gain of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the luminance (black and white) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the contrast of the picture. |
|
Chroma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance gain of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the chrominace (color) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the intensity of the color of the picture. |
|
Hue Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance phase of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-180.00� to +179.99� (for 525) -90.00� to +90.00� (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00� |
|
Description: |
Hue is completely separate from the intensity or the saturation of the color and often used synonymously with the term tint. The varying in level actually changes the color of the video. |
|
Cb Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Gain of the digitized Cb channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cb channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the horizontal axis gain. |
|
Cr Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Gain of the digitized Cr channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cr channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the vertical axis gain. |
|
Cb Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the DC Offset of the digitized Cb channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cb channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the horizontal axis. |
|
Cr Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the DC Offset of the digitized Cr channel of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cr channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the vertical axis. |
|
Comb Decoder |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Selects the mode of the comb filter decoder, between notch filtering and adaptive combing. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Notch, Adaptive |
|
Default Setting: |
Adaptive (for 525) Adaptive (for 625) |
|
Description: |
The 3D Comb Decoder option detailed earlier in this section specifies whether adaptive combing will be 2D or 3D. |
|
Composite In Std Set |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Sets the operational standard for the Composite video input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, SECAM |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto (for 525) Auto (for 625) |
|
SETUP I/P Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to remove the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal from all active video lines. |
|
Valid Settings: |
With, Without |
|
Default Setting: |
With (for 525) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 line analog signals and affects only the active video lines. The SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) level is not applicable in D1 video domain therefore, if the input video contains the SETUP signal, it should be removed at the D1 output stage. In North America, most of analog video signals contain the SETUP signal so setting this option to With will remove the 7.5 IRE pedestal and rescale the D1 output video. Few Asian countries use the No SETUP standard where the video swings up from 0 IRE therefore Without is the recommended setting. |
|
TBC Active |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Returns the status of TBC activation. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
Indicates when the TBC function is active and the front panel LED illuminates accordingly. |
|
TBC Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Proc |
|
Function: |
Specifies whether or not the analog input signal is to be time base corrected by the unit�s TBC circuitry. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AutoSwitch, On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
AutoSwitch (for 525) AutoSwitch (for 625) |
|
Description: |
In Auto-Switch mode, the unit will sense the incoming composite video signal and automatically switches in and out of the TBC circuitry. The TBC is always used for S-Video input, independent of this setting. In Off mode, the internal TBC is not active, and the TBC indicator on the front of the unit will be off. The composite input must be a stable, RS-170A signal (such as a satellite or live camera feed). In On mode, generally for heterodyned signals from sources such as a VTR, the unit will time base correct the composite input signal. The TBC indicator on the front of the unit will be on. When the input video goes through the TBC path, the video quality degradation is inevitable. |
|
Vertical Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the vertical phase of the analog frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 lines to 524 lines (for 525) 0 lines to 624 lines (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 lines |
|
Horizontal Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the horizontal phase of the analog frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.00 us to 63.56 us (for 525) 0.00 uS to 64.00 us (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 us |
|
Loss-Of-Video Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects the output behavior mode when it detects loss of input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Pass, Freeze, To Black, To Tr. Slide, Goto Composite, Goto S-Video, Goto CAV |
|
Default Setting: |
Pass (for 525) Pass (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Sets the output behavior in the event of Loss of Input Video. When set to Black or Freeze, the output video sends out either black or last good frozen image respectively. If set to Pass, the converted input video is sent out straight thru. This setting may affect the downstreaming units as any input disturbances to X75 unit is passed straight thru the output. |
|
Freeze Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects a type of frozen output video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Field1, Field2, Frame |
|
Default Setting: |
Field1 |
|
Description: |
This setting instructs the Frame Synchronizer's memory device to grab which portion of the video (Field1, Field2, Frame) and send to outputs in the event of loss of input video or a user forces the freeze action. |
|
Force Freeze |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to freeze. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Hot Switch |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Specifies what the unit will do when the selected input video signal is lost. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Enable (for 525) Enable (for 625) |
|
HotSwitch Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Specifies the length of time, after the input video signal is lost, that the outputs will hold the last good field of the input video signal before fading to black or a trouble slide. |
|
Valid Range: |
10 fields to 3600 fields (for 525) 10 fields to 3600 fields (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
120 fields |
|
AVFS I/O Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/AVFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Reports the propagation video delay thru the analog Frame Synchronizer. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.00 us to 127.12 us (for 525) 0.00 uS to 128.00 us (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 us |
|
Composite In Std FB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Reports the detected composite input video standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
N/A, NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, SECAM |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
I/P Video Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P Burst Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the burst signal from the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P Locked |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the locked status of the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P Noise Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of noise at analog input video signal when above set threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P SCH Err Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the detected subcarrier/horizontal phase relationship from the analog input video signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
It's a just a warning indicator when the selected Composite video source's SC/H error is greater than +/-45 degrees. |
|
I/P Frozen |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the video frozen status. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
The video contents are evaluated both spatially and temporally to determine whether the input video source is a frozen. As long as the motion is detected from the input video, the alarm is not asserted. The static test signal will generate the video frozen alarm. |
|
Low Video Detected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input video signal falls below the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the analog input video level is below the level set by the "Low Video Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Low Video Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
Peak White Detected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input luminance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the analog input video's peak white level is above the level set by the "Peak White Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak White Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
Peak Chroma Detected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input chrominance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the analog input video's peak chroma level is above the level set by the "Peak Chroma Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak Chroma Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
CC Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the Closed Captioning data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Luma Reduction Lvl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 63 |
|
Default Setting: |
32 |
|
Chroma Reduction Lvl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 63 |
|
Default Setting: |
32 |
|
Horizontal Bandwidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the horizontal setting of the 2D digital bandwidth filtering |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 255 |
|
Default Setting: |
128 |
|
Vertical Bandwidth-Y |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the degree of the digital vertical bandwidth filtering on the luminance of the signal |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 15 |
|
Default Setting: |
8 |
|
Vertical Bandwidth-C |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the degree of the digital vertical bandwidth filtering on the chrominance of the signal |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 15 |
|
Default Setting: |
8 |
|
Temporal NR-Y Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
|
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Temporal NR-Y Bias |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
|
|
Temporal NR-C Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
|
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Temporal NR-C Bias |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM)/Filtering |
|
Function: |
|
|
Analog Video Source |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Input (PQM) |
|
Function: |
Selects the analog input video source. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Composite, S-VIDEO, CAV |
|
Default Setting: |
Composite |
|
Description: |
The analog video input module contains the ProcAmp and a single Frame Synchronizer. Only a single video source (Composite, S-Video, CAV) can be selected and processed. |
|
SD1 Blk Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Black Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the SD1 Black Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels below black (digital value of 64) set by the SD1 Black Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels below black are passed without clipping. |
|
SD1 Blk Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the Black Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.8 IRE to +6.8 IRE (for 525) -47.9 mV to +47.9 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined black luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
SD1 Wht Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the White Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the SD1 White Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels above white (digital value of 940) set by the SD1 White Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels above white are passed without clipping. |
|
SD1 Wht Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the White Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
+90.0 IRE to +109.0 IRE (for 525) +636.8 mV to +763.1 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
100.0 IRE (for 525) 700.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined white luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
SD1 Black Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the black level of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-15.0 IRE to +15.0 IRE (for 525) -100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control defines the darkest level of the picture contents. Increase or descrese in black level effects the brightness of the picture. |
|
SD1 Luma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Luminance gain of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the luminance (black and white) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the contrast of the picture. |
|
SD1 Chroma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance gain of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the chrominace (color) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the intensity of the color of the picture. |
|
SD1 Hue Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance phase of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-180.00� to +179.94� (for 525) -90.00� to +90.00� (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00� |
|
Description: |
Hue is completely separate from the intensity or the saturation of the color and often used synonymously with the term tint. The varying in level actually changes the color of the video. |
|
SD1 Cb Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cb channel Gain of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cb channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the horizontal axis gain. |
|
SD1 Cr Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cr channel Gain of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cr channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the vertical axis gain. |
|
SD1 Cb Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cb channel Offset of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cb channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the horizontal axis. |
|
SD1 Cr Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cr channel Offset of the SD1 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cr channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the vertical axis. |
|
SD1 Vertical Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/SD1 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the vertical phase of the SD1 frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 lines to 524 lines (for 525) 0 lines to 624 lines (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 lines |
|
SD1 Horizontal Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/SD1 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the horizontal phase of the SD1 frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.00 us to 63.56 us (for 525) 0.00 uS to 64.00 us (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 us |
|
SD1 LOV Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/SD1 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects the output behavior mode when it detects loss of input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Black, Freeze, Delayed Pass, Pass |
|
Default Setting: |
Black (for 525) Black (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Sets the output behavior in the event of Loss of Input Video. When set to Black or Freeze, the output video sends out either black or last good frozen image respectively. The Delayed Pass will freeze the video for about a second then pass the video to output. The Pass option will not freeze the output video so the converted input is sent to outputs straight thru. The Pass settings may affect the downstreaming units as any input disturbances to X75 unit is passed straight thru the output. |
|
SD1 Force Freeze |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/SD1 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to freeze. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
SD1 Freeze Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/SD1 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects a type of frozen output video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Field1, Field2, Frame |
|
Default Setting: |
Field1 (for 525) Field1 (for 625) |
|
SD1 Force Black |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/SD1 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to black. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
SD1 FS I/O Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/SD1 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Reports the propagation video delay thru the SD1 Frame Synchronizer. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 500.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
SD1 EDH Detect En |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Enables/disables EDH detection for SD1 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Enable |
|
Description: |
The use of EDH (Error detection and handling) testing techniques, proposed SMPTE RP 165 document, can recognize the inaccuracies in serial digital television installations. |
|
SD1 EDH Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the EDH signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
Digital data packets containing the calculated checkwords, error information flags, and identification number are located in the ancillary data area of the vertical interval in a manner to complement the recommended practice of 525 and 625 sources. When X75 detects a presence of EDH signal from the selected SD-SDI input, it illuminates the EDH led on the front panel. |
|
SD1 EDH Error Count |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Reports the detected EDH error count. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 32767 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
Description: |
An error is defined as one or more data bits whose digital value is different at the destination from what it was at the source. Such errors may be caused by faulty equipment, bad joints or, more probably, by excessive cable lengths. FF is a CRC calculated for an entire field of the video signal, including the horizontal and vertical blanking intervals. AP is a CRC calculated in the active picture and does not include blanking. Errors in this region are considered more severe because they are visible in the video signal. ANC is a checksum calculated for any ancillary information in the digital video signal. Errors in the active picture will cause flags to be raised for both the FF and AP regions. Errors in the blanking intervals but not the ancillary data regions will cause flags to be raised for the FF region. Errors in the ancillary data will cause flags to be raised in the ANC and FF regions. |
|
SD1 EDH Error Clear |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Clears the EDH error counter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
Yes |
|
SD1 I/P Standard FB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the detected SD1 input standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
625, 525, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
SD1 I/P Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the SD1 input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SD1 I/P Locked |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the locked status of the SD1 input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SD1 I/P Frozen |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the video frozen status. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
The video contents are evaluated both spatially and temporally to determine whether the input video source is a frozen. As long as the motion is detected from the input video, the alarm is not asserted. The static test signal will generate the video frozen alarm. |
|
SD1 LowVideoDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input video signal falls below the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the SD1 input video level is below the level set by the "Low Video Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Low Video Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
SD1 PkWhiteDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input luminance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the SD1 input video's peak white level is above the level set by the "Peak White Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak White Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
SD1 PkChromaDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input chrominance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the SD1 input video's peak chroma level is above the level set by the "Peak Chroma Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak Chroma Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
SD1 Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD1 Input |
|
Function: |
Triggers the SD1 path Bypass Relay. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
SD2 Blk Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Black Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the SD2 Black Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels below black (digital value of 64) set by the SD2 Black Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels below black are passed without clipping. |
|
SD2 Blk Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the Black Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.8 IRE to +6.8 IRE (for 525) -47.9 mV to +47.9 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined black luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
SD2 Wht Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the White Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the SD2 White Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels above white (digital value of 940) set by the SD2 White Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels above white are passed without clipping. |
|
SD2 Wht Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the White Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
+90.0 IRE to +109.0 IRE (for 525) +636.8 mV to +763.1 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
100.0 IRE (for 525) 700.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined white luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
SD2 Black Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the black level of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-15.0 IRE to +15.0 IRE (for 525) -100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control defines the darkest level of the picture contents. Increase or descrese in black level effects the brightness of the picture. |
|
SD2 Luma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Luminance gain of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the luminance (black and white) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the contrast of the picture. |
|
SD2 Chroma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance gain of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the chrominace (color) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the intensity of the color of the picture. |
|
SD2 Hue Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance phase of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-180.00� to +179.94� (for 525) -90.00� to +90.00� (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00� |
|
Description: |
Hue is completely separate from the intensity or the saturation of the color and often used synonymously with the term tint. The varying in level actually changes the color of the video. |
|
SD2 Cb Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cb channel Gain of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cb channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the horizontal axis gain. |
|
SD2 Cr Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cr channel Gain of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cr channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the vertical axis gain. |
|
SD2 Cb Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cb channel Offset of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cb channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the horizontal axis. |
|
SD2 Cr Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cr channel Offset of the SD2 video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+50.0 % |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cr channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the vertical axis. |
|
SD2 Vertical Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/SD2 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the vertical phase of the SD2 frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 lines to 524 lines (for 525) 0 lines to 624 lines (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 lines |
|
SD2 Horizontal Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/SD2 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the horizontal phase of the SD2 frame sync. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.00 us to 63.56 us (for 525) 0.00 uS to 64.00 us (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 us |
|
SD2 LOV Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/SD2 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects the output behavior mode when it detects loss of input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Black, Freeze, Delayed Pass, Pass |
|
Default Setting: |
Black (for 525) Black (for 625) |
|
Description: |
Sets the output behavior in the event of Loss of Input Video. When set to Black or Freeze, the output video sends out either black or last good frozen image respectively. The Delayed Pass will freeze the video for about a second then pass the video to output. The Pass option will not freeze the output video so the converted input is sent to outputs straight thru. The Pass settings may affect the downstreaming units as any input disturbances to X75 unit is passed straight thru the output. |
|
SD2 Force Freeze |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/SD2 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to freeze. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
SD2 Freeze Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/SD2 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects a type of frozen output video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Field1, Field2, Frame |
|
Default Setting: |
Field1 (for 525) Field1 (for 625) |
|
SD2 Force Black |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/SD2 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to black. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
SD2 FS I/O Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/SD2 FS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Reports the propagation video delay thru the SD1 Frame Synchronizer. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 500.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
SD2 EDH Detect En |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Enables/disables EDH detection for SD2 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Enable |
|
Description: |
The use of EDH (Error detection and handling) testing techniques, proposed SMPTE RP 165 document, can recognize the inaccuracies in serial digital television installations. |
|
SD2 EDH Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the EDH signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
Digital data packets containing the calculated checkwords, error information flags, and identification number are located in the ancillary data area of the vertical interval in a manner to complement the recommended practice of 525 and 625 sources. When X75 detects a presence of EDH signal from the selected SD-SDI input, it illuminates the EDH led on the front panel. |
|
SD2 EDH Error Count |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Reports the detected EDH error count. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 32767 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
Description: |
An error is defined as one or more data bits whose digital value is different at the destination from what it was at the source. Such errors may be caused by faulty equipment, bad joints or, more probably, by excessive cable lengths. FF is a CRC calculated for an entire field of the video signal, including the horizontal and vertical blanking intervals. AP is a CRC calculated in the active picture and does not include blanking. Errors in this region are considered more severe because they are visible in the video signal. ANC is a checksum calculated for any ancillary information in the digital video signal. Errors in the active picture will cause flags to be raised for both the FF and AP regions. Errors in the blanking intervals but not the ancillary data regions will cause flags to be raised for the FF region. Errors in the ancillary data will cause flags to be raised in the ANC and FF regions. |
|
SD2 EDH Error Clear |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/EDH |
|
Function: |
Clears the EDH error counter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
Yes |
|
SD2 I/P Standard FB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the detected SD2 input standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
625, 525, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
SD2 I/P Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the SD2 input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SD2 I/P Locked |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the locked status of the SD2 input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SD2 I/P Frozen |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the video frozen status. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
The video contents are evaluated both spatially and temporally to determine whether the input video source is a frozen. As long as the motion is detected from the input video, the alarm is not asserted. The static test signal will generate the video frozen alarm. |
|
SD2 LowVideoDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input video signal falls below the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the SD2 input video level is below the level set by the "Low Video Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Low Video Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
SD2 PkWhiteDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input luminance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the SD2 input video's peak white level is above the level set by the "Peak White Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak White Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
SD2 PkChromaDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Indicates when the input chrominance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the SD2 input video's peak chroma level is above the level set by the "Peak Chroma Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak Chroma Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
SD2/DV Source Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/SD2/DV Input |
|
Function: |
Selects between SD2 or DV input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD2, DV |
|
Default Setting: |
SD2 |
|
HD Blk Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Black Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the HD Black Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels below black (digital value of 64) set by the HD Black Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels below black are passed without clipping. |
|
HD Blk Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the Black Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
-50.00 mV to +50.00 mV (for 525) -50.00 mV to +50.00 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 mV |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined black luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
HD Wht Clip Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the White Clip control. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off (for 525) Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
When the HD White Clip Enable option is set to ON, all luminance levels above white (digital value of 940) set by the HD White Clip Level are clipped. When set to NO, all luminance video levels above white are passed without clipping. |
|
HD Wht Clip Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc/Clipping |
|
Function: |
Sets the White Clip level. |
|
Valid Range: |
+636.87 mV to +763.13 mV (for 525) +636.87 mV to +763.13 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
700.00 mV |
|
Description: |
Allows user to set the predetermined white luminance video clipping level. The Chrominance video level is unaffected. |
|
HD Black Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the black level of the HD video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-15.0 IRE to +15.0 IRE (for 525) -100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control defines the darkest level of the picture contents. Increase or descrese in black level effects the brightness of the picture. |
|
HD Luma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Luminance gain of the HD video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the luminance (black and white) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the contrast of the picture. |
|
HD Chroma Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Chrominance gain of the HD video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-3.00 dB to +3.00 dB (for 525) -3.00 dB to +3.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the chrominace (color) portion of a video signal and varying level effects the intensity of the color of the picture. |
|
HD Cb Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cb channel Gain of the HD video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-3.00 dB to +3.00 dB (for 525) -3.00 dB to +3.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cb channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the horizontal axis gain. |
|
HD Cr Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cr channel Gain of the HD video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-3.00 dB to +3.00 dB (for 525) -3.00 dB to +3.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Description: |
It controls the Gain of the Cr channel of the color difference signal and when viewed on a vectorscope, it varies the vertical axis gain. |
|
HD Cb Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cb channel Offset of the HD video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 525) -100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 mV |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cb channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the horizontal axis. |
|
HD Cr Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Proc |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Cr channel Offset of the HD video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 525) -100.0 mV to +100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 mV |
|
Description: |
It controls the color balance of the Cr channel and when viewed on a vectorscope, it shifts the color components of the vertical axis. |
|
HD I/P Detected Std |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the detected HD input standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Unknown, 1080p/25, 720p/59.94, 720p/60, 1080p/23.98, 1080p/24, 1080p/29.97, 1080p/30, N/A_0, 1080i/25, 1035i/29.97, 1035i/30, N/A_1, 1080i/25-295, 1080i/29.97, 1080i/30, 525, 625, N/A_2, 720p/50, 1080psf/23.98, 1080psf/24, 720p/29.97, 720p/30, N/A_3, 720p/25, 720p/23.98, 720p/24, 1080psf/29.97, 1080psf/30 |
|
Default Setting: |
--- |
|
HD I/P Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the HD input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
HD I/P CRC Error |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the CRC error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
HD FS Image Frozen |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the FS video frozen status. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
The video contents are evaluated both spatially and temporally to determine whether the input video source is a frozen. As long as the motion is detected from the input video, the alarm is not asserted. The static test signal will generate the video frozen alarm. |
|
HD LowVideoDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Status |
|
Function: |
It's an indicator when the input video signal falls below the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the HD input video level is below the level set by the "Low Video Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Low Video Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
HD PkWhiteDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Status |
|
Function: |
It's an indicator when the input luminance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the HD input video's peak white level is above the level set by the "Peak White Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak White Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
HD PkChromaDetected |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/Status |
|
Function: |
It's an indicator when the input chrominance signal exceeds the defined threshold level. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Description: |
When the HD input video's peak chroma level is above the level set by the "Peak Chroma Thresh" parameter in the Alarm Assert Setup menu, the Peak Chroma Detected alarm is asserted. |
|
Force Black |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/HDFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to black. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Force Freeze |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/HDFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Forces output video to freeze. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Freeze Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/HDFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects a type of frozen output video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Field1, Field2, Frame |
|
Default Setting: |
Field1 |
|
Description: |
This setting instructs the Frame Synchronizer's memory device to grab which portion of the video (Field1, Field2, Frame) and send to outputs in the event of loss of input video or a user forces the freeze action. |
|
Loss-Of-Video Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input/HDFS & Timing |
|
Function: |
Selects the output behavior mode when it detects loss of input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Pass, Freeze, Black |
|
Default Setting: |
Freeze |
|
Description: |
Sets the output behavior in the event of Loss of Input Video. When set to Black or Freeze, the output video sends out either black or last good frozen image respectively. If set to Pass, the converted input video is sent out straight thru. This setting may affect the downstreaming units as any input disturbances to X75 unit is passed straight thru the output. |
|
HD1/HD-Fiber Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
HD-Fiber, HD1 |
|
Default Setting: |
HD1 |
|
HD Input Std Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/HD Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the operational standard for the HDTV video input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, 1080i/29.97, 1080p/29.97, 1080psf/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080i/25, 1080psf/23.98, 1080p/23.98, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/29.97, 720p/25 |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
Viewing Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (SD Out) |
|
Function: |
Selects the viewing options for 16:9 input signal on a 4:3 output screen. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Anamorphic, Letter Box, Center Cut, 14:9 Letter Box, 21:9 Letter Box |
|
Default Setting: |
User |
|
Aspect Ratio Lock |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (SD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Couples both H and V controls. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
H. Size |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (SD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the horizontal size of the active input picture as viewed on the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-50.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
H. Position |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (SD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the horizontal position of the active input picture as viewed at the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-100.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
V. Size |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (SD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the vertical size of the active input picture as viewed on the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-50.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
V. Position |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (SD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the vertical position of the active input picture as viewed at the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-100.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
Viewing Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (HD Out) |
|
Function: |
Selects the viewing options for 4:3 input signal on a 16:9 output screen. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Anamorphic, Pillar Box, Middle Cut, 14:9 Pillar Box, 21:9 Letter Box |
|
Default Setting: |
User |
|
Aspect Ratio Lock |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (HD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Couples both H and V controls. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
H. Size |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (HD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the horizontal size of the active input picture as viewed on the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-50.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
H. Position |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (HD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the horizontal position of the active input picture as viewed at the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-100.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
V. Size |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (HD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the vertical size of the active input picture as viewed on the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-50.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
V. Position |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/ARC (HD Out)/Variable |
|
Function: |
Sets the vertical position of the active input picture as viewed at the output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-100.0% to +100.0% |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0% |
|
Analog Test Signal |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/SD TSG & Slide |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Analog TSG |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/SD TSG & Slide |
|
Function: |
Enables or disables the Test Signal Generator. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
Analog TestSignalSel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing/SD TSG & Slide |
|
Function: |
Selects the test pattern to be output when the Test Signal Generator is enabled. |
|
HD Out V-Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 lines to 749 lines (for 720) 0 lines to 1124 lines (for 1080)
|
|
HD Out H-Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 us to 22.231 us (for 720) 0.000 us to 29.646 us (for 1080)
|
|
SD ARC/HD V-Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 lines to 524 lines (for 525) 0 lines to 624 lines (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 lines |
|
SD ARC/HD H-Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Processing |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0.00 us to 63.56 us (for 525) 0.00 uS to 64.00 us (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 us |
|
AUX Setup |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/AUX Output |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the AUX output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
Add (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
AUX Sync/Comp |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/AUX Output |
|
Function: |
Specifies whether the Aux Sync connections on the Multi-I/O breakout cable will provide sync or composite output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Sync, Composite |
|
Default Setting: |
Composite (for 525) Composite (for 625) |
|
AUX Video Out Std |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/AUX Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the AUX Composite video output standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, SECAM |
|
Default Setting: |
NTSC (for 525) PAL-B (for 625) |
|
R Sync Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/AUX Output |
|
Function: |
Controls the addition of SYNC signal to R channel output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On |
|
G Sync Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/AUX Output |
|
Function: |
Controls the addition of SYNC signal to G channel output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On |
|
B Sync Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/AUX Output |
|
Function: |
Controls the addition of SYNC signal to B channel output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On |
|
Fld1 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld1 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 1 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 10 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 11 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 12 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 13 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 14 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 15 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 16 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 17 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 18 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 19 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 20 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
Fld2 Line 21 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option/Field 2 |
|
Function: |
Allows the option to add the 7.5 IRE pedestal level to the selected line. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
No Setup (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the selected VBI line to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. |
|
VBI Lines Out SETUP |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output/VBI SETUP Option |
|
Function: |
Adds 7.5 IRE pedestal level to all VBI lines in NTSC video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Line-By-Line, All-Without, All-With |
|
Default Setting: |
All-Off (for 525) All-Off (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control is only applicable to 525 standard signals. This control allows the option to add the SETUP (7.5 IRE pedestal) signal to the VBI lines to properly reconstruct the analog video output's VBI blanking level. Line-By-Line: Allows independent SETUP level configuration. All-With: Adds SETUP level to all VBI lines. All-Without: Maintains the blanking level of the VBI lines at 0 IRE. |
|
Analog Width |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Specifies the number of �samples� per video line. A standard analog NTSC signal consists of 714 �samples� per line; setting this option to 720 (common for digital signals) allows information to be stored outside of the normal NTSC width, but may cause problems with some equipment. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal (714), Digital (720) |
|
Default Setting: |
Normal (714) |
|
Cmpst Out Std Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the Composite video output standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B |
|
Default Setting: |
NTSC (for 525) PAL-B (for 625) |
|
Color Frame Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the color framing sequence to have a correct SC/H output. |
|
Valid Range: |
1 to 2 (for 525) 1 to 4 (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
1 |
|
Color Frame Source |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the color framing to have a correct SC/H output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Freerun, Genlock |
|
Default Setting: |
Genlock |
|
SETUP Out Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Specifies whether or not setup should be included in the video output. This setting is not applicable in 625-line mode (PAL) |
|
Valid Settings: |
Add, No Setup |
|
Default Setting: |
Add (for 525) No Setup (for 625) |
|
DVI Output Format |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Digital Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the DVI output format. |
|
Valid Settings: |
HD, SD |
|
Default Setting: |
HD |
|
HD Out Std Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Digital Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the HD output video standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, 1080i/29.97, 1080p/29.97, 1080psf/29.97, 1080p/25, 1080i/25, 1080psf/23.98, 1080p/23.98, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/29.97, 720p/25 |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
HD Laser Fail |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Digital Output |
|
Function: |
Returns the failure status of the laser. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
HD Laser Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Digital Output |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of laser output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
Yes |
|
SD1 Out EDH Insert |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Digital Output |
|
Function: |
Allows insertion of EDH signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On |
|
SD2 Out EDH Insert |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Video Setup/Digital Output |
|
Function: |
Allows insertion of EDH signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
On |
|
GL Oper Standard |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup/Status |
|
Function: |
Reports the current Genlock standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
N/A, NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, 1080i/59.94, 1080p/29.97, 1080i/50, 1080p/25, 1080p/23.98, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/29.97, 720p/25 |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
GL Standard FB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup/Status |
|
Function: |
Reports the detected Genlock standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
N/A, NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, 1080i/59.94, 1080p/29.97, 1080i/50, 1080p/25, 1080p/23.98, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/29.97, 720p/25 |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
GL Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the Genlock reference input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
GL Burst Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the Burst signal from Genlock input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
GL Noise Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the Noise from Genlock input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
GL Locked |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the locked status of the Genlock input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
GL SCH Error |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup/Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the detected subcarrier/horizontal phase relationship from the Genlock input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
GL Standard Set |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects the Genlock standard. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, NTSC, PAL-M, PAL-B, 1080i/59.94, 1080p/29.97, 1080i/50, 1080p/25, 1080p/23.98, 720p/59.94, 720p/50, 720p/29.97, 720p/25 |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
Genlock Lock Source |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects the Genlock reference clock lock source. |
|
Valid Settings: |
External, Freerun, SDI 1, SDI 2, HD, Analog Video |
|
Default Setting: |
External |
|
GL Fine Phase |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the fine phase. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.5 ns to +18.5 ns |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 ns |
|
GL Source Config |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Reference Setup |
|
Function: |
Configures the Genlock source inputs. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Loop-Thru, Split-525, Split-625 |
|
Default Setting: |
Loop-Thru |
|
Description: |
Loopthrough disconnects the internal terminations and connects the loopthru path and feeds the looped signal to thegenlock subsystem.
Split-525 disconnects the loopthrough path and connects the terminations to both ports. The genlock selects the 525 Genlock BNC as the reference input.
Split-625 disconnects the loopthrough path and connects the terminations to both ports. The genlock selects the 625 Genlock BNC as the reference input. |
|
Noise Reduction |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/SD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
HD1 Image Enhance |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 255 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
HD1 Image Threshold |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 255 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
HD1 NR Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
HD1 NR Threshold |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 63 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
HD2 Image Enhance |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 255 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
HD2 Image Threshold |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 255 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
HD2 NR Enable |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
HD2 NR Threshold |
|
Navigation Path: |
/NR & Detail Enhance/HD Enhancement |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 63 |
|
Default Setting: |
0 |
|
Gain 1 (Ch1-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 2 (Ch1-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 3 (Ch2-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 4 (Ch2-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 5 (Ch3-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 6 (Ch3-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 7 (Ch4-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 8 (Ch4-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 9 (Ch5-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 10 (Ch5-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 11 (Ch6-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 12 (Ch6-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 13 (Ch7-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 14 (Ch7-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 15 (Ch8-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Gain 16 (Ch8-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Gain |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the audio Gain of the selected channel. |
|
Valid Range: |
-18.0 dB to +18.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
Delay 1 (Ch1-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 2 (Ch1-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 3 (Ch2-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 4 (Ch2-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 5 (Ch3-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 6 (Ch3-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 7 (Ch4-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 8 (Ch4-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 9 (Ch5-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 10 (Ch5-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 11 (Ch6-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 12 (Ch6-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 13 (Ch7-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 14 (Ch7-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 15 (Ch8-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Delay 16 (Ch8-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Delay |
|
Function: |
Specifies the user fixed delay to be added to the audio stream. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 ms to 1320.000 ms |
|
Default Setting: |
0.000 ms |
|
Invert 1 (Ch1-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 2 (Ch1-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 3 (Ch2-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 4 (Ch2-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 5 (Ch3-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 6 (Ch3-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 7 (Ch4-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 8 (Ch4-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 9 (Ch5-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 10 (Ch5-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 11 (Ch6-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 12 (Ch6-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 13 (Ch7-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 14 (Ch7-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 15 (Ch8-L) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
Invert 16 (Ch8-R) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Phase Invert |
|
Function: |
Inverts the selected audio channel to correct the phase error. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this mode phase-shifts the channel by 180� to compensate for incorrect wiring (+ and - reversed) in either the left or right of balanced analog audio connections. |
|
AES1 Bal/UnBal Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/AES & DARS Audio |
|
Function: |
Selects between Unbalanced or Balanced AES audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Balanced, UnBalanced |
|
Default Setting: |
UnBalanced |
|
AES2 Bal/UnBal Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/AES & DARS Audio |
|
Function: |
Selects between Unbalanced or Balanced AES audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Balanced, UnBalanced |
|
Default Setting: |
UnBalanced |
|
AES3 Bal/UnBal Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/AES & DARS Audio |
|
Function: |
Selects between Unbalanced or Balanced AES audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Balanced, UnBalanced |
|
Default Setting: |
UnBalanced |
|
AES4 Bal/UnBal Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/AES & DARS Audio |
|
Function: |
Selects between Unbalanced or Balanced AES audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Balanced, UnBalanced |
|
Default Setting: |
UnBalanced |
|
AES5 Bal/UnBal Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/AES & DARS Audio |
|
Function: |
Selects between Unbalanced or Balanced AES audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Balanced, UnBalanced |
|
Default Setting: |
UnBalanced |
|
DARS Bal/UnBal Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/AES & DARS Audio |
|
Function: |
Selects between Unbalanced or Balanced DARS audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Balanced, UnBalanced |
|
Default Setting: |
UnBalanced |
|
HDX DBN Err Ctrl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Alert, Ignore |
|
Default Setting: |
Alert |
|
HDX Group Err Ctrl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Repeat, Mute |
|
Default Setting: |
Mute |
|
SDX DBN Err Ctrl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Alert, Ignore |
|
Default Setting: |
Alert |
|
SDX Group Err Ctrl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Repeat, Mute |
|
Default Setting: |
Mute |
|
SDX Channel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup/Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Selects the input SDI channel for the SD deembedder. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
SRC/Gain Bypass Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion automatically. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Manual |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
SRC1/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SRC2/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SRC3/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SRC4/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SRC5/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SRC6/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SRC7/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
SRC8/Gain Bypass |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Setup |
|
Function: |
Controls the bypassing of the Sample Rate Conversion for compressed audio data. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Anlg Aud 1 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/Analog Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of analog audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Silence |
|
Anlg Aud 2 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/Analog Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of analog audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Silence |
|
Anlg Aud 3 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/Analog Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of analog audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Silence |
|
Anlg Aud 4 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/Analog Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of analog audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Silence |
|
DV Audio L-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Returns the status of the DV audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
DV Audio R-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Returns the status of the DV audio input. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES1 L-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES1L audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES1 R-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES1R audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES2 L-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES2L audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES2 R-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES2R audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES3 L-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES3L audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES3 R-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES3R audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES4 L-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES4L audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES4 R-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES4R audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES5 L-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES5L audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
AES5 R-Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/DV & AES Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of the AES5R audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 1 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 2 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 3 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 4 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 5 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 6 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 7 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 8 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 9 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 10 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 11 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 12 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 13 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 14 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 15 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
HD Dmx 16 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/HD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of HD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 1 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 2 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 3 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 4 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 5 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 6 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 7 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 8 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 9 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 10 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 11 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 12 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 13 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 14 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 15 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
SD Dmx 16 Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status/SD Demuxed Audio |
|
Function: |
Reports current status of SD demuxed audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Normal, Silence, Peak, Not Present |
|
Default Setting: |
Not Present |
|
DARS Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the presence of the audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
DARS Locked |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the locked status of the DARS signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
I/P Ch1-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch1-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch2-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch2-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch3-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch3-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch4-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch4-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch5-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch5-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch6-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch6-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch7-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch7-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch8-L Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
I/P Ch8-R Audio Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Input Status |
|
Function: |
Returns the type of audio input signal. |
|
Valid Settings: |
PCM-Audio, Data |
|
Default Setting: |
PCM-Audio |
|
AES1 Out Bit Width |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
AES2 Out Bit Width |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
AES3 Out Bit Width |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
AES4 Out Bit Width |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
AES5 Out Bit Width |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD1/HD1 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD2/HD2 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD3/HD3 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD4/HD4 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD5/HD5 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD6/HD6 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD7/HD7 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
SD8/HD8 Mux BitWidth |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/Output Bit Width |
|
Function: |
Specifies the sample size (bit width) of output audio. |
|
Valid Settings: |
24 bits, 20 bits, 16 bits |
|
Default Setting: |
20 bits |
|
HD Mux Mode (1-4) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the HD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Append, Overwrite |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
HD Mux Mode (5-8) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the HD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Append, Overwrite |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
HD Mux Mode (9-12) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the HD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Append, Overwrite |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
HD Mux Mode (13-16) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the HD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Append, Overwrite |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
HD Mux En (1-4) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables HD embedding for channels 1-4 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
HD Mux En (5-8) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables HD embedding for channels 5-8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
HD Mux En (9-12) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables HD embedding for channels 9-12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
HD Mux En (13-16) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/HD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables HD embedding for channels 13-16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
SD Mux 24-bit |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Enables 24-bit SD embedding |
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
Yes |
|
SD Mux Mode (1-4) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the SD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Left Justify, Follow, Overwrite, Clean & Justify, Clean & Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
SD Mux Mode (5-8) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the SD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Left Justify, Follow, Overwrite, Clean & Justify, Clean & Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
SD Mux Mode (9-12) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the SD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Left Justify, Follow, Overwrite, Clean & Justify, Clean & Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
SD Mux Mode (13-16) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Controls the embedding mode of the SD Multiplexers. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Left Justify, Follow, Overwrite, Clean & Justify, Clean & Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
SD Mux Group (1-4) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio group for embedded channels 1-4 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, Group 4 |
|
Default Setting: |
Group 1 |
|
SD Mux Group (5-8) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio group for embedded channels 5-8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, Group 4 |
|
Default Setting: |
Group 2 |
|
SD Mux Group (9-12) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio group for embedded channels 9-12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, Group 4 |
|
Default Setting: |
Group 3 |
|
SD Mux Group (13-16) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding/Advanced |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio group for embedded channels 13-16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Group 1, Group 2, Group 3, Group 4 |
|
Default Setting: |
Group 4 |
|
SD Mux En (1-4) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables SD embedding for channels 1-4 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
SD Mux En (5-8) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables SD embedding for channels 5-8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
SD Mux En (9-12) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables SD embedding for channels 9-12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
SD Mux En (13-16) |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Output Setup/SD Embedding |
|
Function: |
Enables SD embedding for channels 13-16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
Enable, Disable |
|
Default Setting: |
Disable |
|
SRC1 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 1 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
SRC2 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 2 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
SRC3 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 3 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES1 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
SRC4 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 4 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES2 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
SRC5 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 5 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX1/2 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
SRC6 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 6 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX3/4 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
SRC7 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 7 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX5/6 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
SRC8 Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Input |
|
Function: |
Selects the input audio source for Channel 8 Sample Rate Converter. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX7/8 |
|
Description: |
Each SRC (Sample Rate Converter) has an option to choose any input audio sources. The selection of these SRCs are automated when a single audio source is selected and sent out to all outputs using the "Audio In" button. In M-Path mode, the user has the full control of these SRCs and the selected stereo input audio signal is sample rate converted at 48 kHz and sent to the ProcAmp block for further processing. |
|
AA Out1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the Analog Audio Output channel 1. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC1a |
|
AA Out2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the Analog Audio Output channel 2. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC1b |
|
AA Out3 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the Analog Audio Output channel 3. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC2a |
|
AA Out4 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the Analog Audio Output channel 4. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC2b |
|
AES1 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 1A. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC3a |
|
AES1 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 1B. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC3b |
|
AES2 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 2A. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC4a |
|
AES2 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 2B. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC4b |
|
AES3 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 3A. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC5a |
|
AES3 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 3B. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC5b |
|
AES4 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 4A. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC6a |
|
AES4 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 4B. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC6b |
|
AES5 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 5A. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC7a |
|
AES5 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AES output channel 5B. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC7b |
|
DV OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the DV output channel A. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC8a |
|
DV OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the DV output channel B. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC8b |
|
SD1/HD1 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 1 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC5a |
|
SD1/HD1 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 2 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC5b |
|
SD2/HD2 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 3 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC6a |
|
SD2/HD2 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 4 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC6b |
|
SD3/HD3 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 5 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC7a |
|
SD3/HD3 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 6 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC7b |
|
SD4/HD4 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 7 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC8a |
|
SD4/HD4 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 8 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC8b |
|
SD5/HD5 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 9 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC1a |
|
SD5/HD5 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 10 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC1b |
|
SD6/HD6 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 11 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC2a |
|
SD6/HD6 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 12 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC2b |
|
SD7/HD7 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 13 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC3a |
|
SD7/HD7 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 14 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC3b |
|
SD8/HD8 OutA |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 15 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC4a |
|
SD8/HD8 OutB |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Output |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for SD/HD Multiplexer channel 16 |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b, SRC1a+1b, SRC2a+2b, SRC3a+3b, SRC4a+4b, SRC5a+5b, SRC6a+6b, SRC7a+7b, SRC8a+8b, TONE1, TONE2, TONE3, TONE4, MUTE |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC4b |
|
Ch1-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch1-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch1-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch1-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES1a/1b |
|
Ch1-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX1/2 |
|
Ch1-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX1/2 |
|
Ch1-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch1-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX1/2 |
|
Ch1-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX1/2 |
|
Ch1-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 1 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX1/2 |
|
Ch2-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch2-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch2-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch2-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES2a/2b |
|
Ch2-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX3/4 |
|
Ch2-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX3/4 |
|
Ch2-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch2-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX3/4 |
|
Ch2-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX3/4 |
|
Ch2-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 2 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX3/4 |
|
Ch3-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch3-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch3-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch3-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES3a/3b |
|
Ch3-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX5/6 |
|
Ch3-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX5/6 |
|
Ch3-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch3-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX5/6 |
|
Ch3-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX5/6 |
|
Ch3-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 3 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX5/6 |
|
Ch4-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch4-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch4-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch4-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES4a/4b |
|
Ch4-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX7/8 |
|
Ch4-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX7/8 |
|
Ch4-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch4-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX7/8 |
|
Ch4-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX7/8 |
|
Ch4-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 4 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX7/8 |
|
Ch5-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch5-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch5-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch5-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES5a/5b |
|
Ch5-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX9/10 |
|
Ch5-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX9/10 |
|
Ch5-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch5-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX9/10 |
|
Ch5-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX9/10 |
|
Ch5-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 5 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX9/10 |
|
Ch6-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch6-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch6-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch6-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES1a/1b |
|
Ch6-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX11/12 |
|
Ch6-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX11/12 |
|
Ch6-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch6-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX11/12 |
|
Ch6-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX11/12 |
|
Ch6-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 6 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX11/12 |
|
Ch7-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch7-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch7-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA1/2 |
|
Ch7-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES2a/2b |
|
Ch7-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX13/14 |
|
Ch7-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX13/14 |
|
Ch7-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch7-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX13/14 |
|
Ch7-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX13/14 |
|
Ch7-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 7 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX13/14 |
|
Ch8-Aud Follows Vid |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Audio-Follows-Video mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Ch8-AFV-Composite |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the Composite input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch8-AFV-SVideo |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the S-Video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AA3/4 |
|
Ch8-AFV-CAV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the CAV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
AES3a/3b |
|
Ch8-AFV-SD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX15/16 |
|
Ch8-AFV-SD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
SDX15/16 |
|
Ch8-AFV-DV |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the DV input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
DV_a/b |
|
Ch8-AFV-HDF |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD-Fiber input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX15/16 |
|
Ch8-AFV-HD1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX15/16 |
|
Ch8-AFV-HD2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing/Audio Follow Video/SRC 8 |
|
Function: |
Selects the audio source to be linked to the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
AA1/2, AA3/4, AES1a/1b, AES2a/2b, AES3a/3b, AES4a/4b, AES5a/5b, DV_a/b, SDX1/2, SDX3/4, SDX5/6, SDX7/8, SDX9/10, SDX11/12, SDX13/14, SDX15/16, HDX1/2, HDX3/4, HDX5/6, HDX7/8, HDX9/10, HDX11/12, HDX13/14, HDX15/16 |
|
Default Setting: |
HDX15/16 |
|
Audio In Src Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Routing |
|
Function: |
Selects a single audio input type to be sent to all outputs. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Analog, AES, SD, DV, HD |
|
Default Setting: |
--- |
|
ToneGen1 Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Tones |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Tone amplitude. |
|
Valid Range: |
-28.0 dB to +0.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
ToneGen2 Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Tones |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Tone amplitude. |
|
Valid Range: |
-28.0 dB to +0.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
ToneGen3 Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Tones |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Tone amplitude. |
|
Valid Range: |
-28.0 dB to +0.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
ToneGen4 Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Tones |
|
Function: |
Adjusts the Tone amplitude. |
|
Valid Range: |
-28.0 dB to +0.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
0.0 dB |
|
I/O Delay SRC1 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
I/O Delay SRC2 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
I/O Delay SRC3 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
I/O Delay SRC4 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
I/O Delay SRC5 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
I/O Delay SRC6 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
I/O Delay SRC7 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
I/O Delay SRC8 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config/I/O Delay Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the video output to track audio delays against. |
|
Valid Settings: |
None, SD1, SD2, HD, Enc1, DV, SV |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Description: |
When enabled, the unit will automatically delay the audio data to match the video delay through the selected output. |
|
Master Mute |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
Mutes all audio output channels. |
|
Valid Settings: |
On, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Description: |
When enabled, this option mutes all of the audio output channels. |
|
DARS Reference |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto, Video, DARS, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto |
|
Fade Time |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0.000 s to 10.000 s |
|
Default Setting: |
0.010 s |
|
AA_In Max Lvl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
Sets the maximum analog audio input level. |
|
Valid Range: |
-9.0 dBu to 28.0 dBu |
|
Default Setting: |
22.0 dBu |
|
Description: |
The +30dBu analog input level generates the FullScale digital level. Hence, the sum of this headroom setting and the user's analog audio input operating level cannot exceed +30dBu to avoid the clipping. |
|
AA_Out Max Lvl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
Sets the maximum analog audio output level. |
|
Valid Range: |
-9.0 dBu to 28.0 dBu |
|
Default Setting: |
28.0 dBu |
|
Description: |
The +30dBu analog input level generates the FullScale digital level. Hence, the sum of this headroom setting and the user's analog audio input operating level cannot exceed +30dBu to avoid the clipping. |
|
Voice-Over |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
Controls the activation of the Voice-over. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Active, Off |
|
Default Setting: |
Off |
|
Voice-Over Ch Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
Selects the Voice-over audio input channel. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SRC1a, SRC1b, SRC2a, SRC2b, SRC3a, SRC3b, SRC4a, SRC4b, SRC5a, SRC5b, SRC6a, SRC6b, SRC7a, SRC7b, SRC8a, SRC8b |
|
Default Setting: |
SRC8a |
|
Voice-Over Pgm Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Audio Setup/Global Audio Config |
|
Function: |
Specifies the amount to attenuate the program audio when voice-over mixing is active. |
|
Valid Range: |
-20.0 dB to 0.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
-8.0 dB |
|
Analog In |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video In Precedence |
|
Function: |
Assigns the precedence level for the Analog input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Highest, High, Normal, Low, Lowest |
|
Default Setting: |
Normal |
|
Description: |
The video precedence level works in conjunction with the Auto Detect or Simulcast setting of the I/P Video Mode parameter where each inputs can be assigned with the preference level for the order of selection. For example in the Auto-Detect mode, if SD1 is set High and HD1 is set Normal and both inputs are fed simultaneously, the SD1 input is selected. However, when SD1 input is removed, the HD1 input gets selected. When all the inputs have the same precedence level, the SD1 input is selected as a default source. |
|
SD1 In |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video In Precedence |
|
Function: |
Assigns the precedence level for the SD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Highest, High, Normal, Low, Lowest |
|
Default Setting: |
Normal |
|
Description: |
The video precedence level works in conjunction with the Auto Detect or Simulcast setting of the I/P Video Mode parameter where each inputs can be assigned with the preference level for the order of selection. For example in the Auto-Detect mode, if SD1 is set High and HD1 is set Normal and both inputs are fed simultaneously, the SD1 input is selected. However, when SD1 input is removed, the HD1 input gets selected. When all the inputs have the same precedence level, the SD1 input is selected as a default source. |
|
SD2/DV In |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video In Precedence |
|
Function: |
Assigns the precedence level for the SD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Highest, High, Normal, Low, Lowest |
|
Default Setting: |
Normal |
|
Description: |
The video precedence level works in conjunction with the Auto Detect or Simulcast setting of the I/P Video Mode parameter where each inputs can be assigned with the preference level for the order of selection. For example in the Auto-Detect mode, if SD1 is set High and HD1 is set Normal and both inputs are fed simultaneously, the SD1 input is selected. However, when SD1 input is removed, the HD1 input gets selected. When all the inputs have the same precedence level, the SD1 input is selected as a default source. |
|
HD1/HD-Fiber In |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video In Precedence |
|
Function: |
Assigns the precedence level for the HD1 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Highest, High, Normal, Low, Lowest |
|
Default Setting: |
Normal |
|
Description: |
The video precedence level works in conjunction with the Auto Detect or Simulcast setting of the I/P Video Mode parameter where each inputs can be assigned with the preference level for the order of selection. For example in the Auto-Detect mode, if SD1 is set High and HD1 is set Normal and both inputs are fed simultaneously, the SD1 input is selected. However, when SD1 input is removed, the HD1 input gets selected. When all the inputs have the same precedence level, the SD1 input is selected as a default source. |
|
HD2 In |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video In Precedence |
|
Function: |
Assigns the precedence level for the HD2 input video. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Highest, High, Normal, Low, Lowest |
|
Default Setting: |
Normal |
|
Description: |
The video precedence level works in conjunction with the Auto Detect or Simulcast setting of the I/P Video Mode parameter where each inputs can be assigned with the preference level for the order of selection. For example in the Auto-Detect mode, if SD1 is set High and HD1 is set Normal and both inputs are fed simultaneously, the SD1 input is selected. However, when SD1 input is removed, the HD1 input gets selected. When all the inputs have the same precedence level, the SD1 input is selected as a default source. |
|
Analog Out Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video M-Path |
|
Function: |
Selects the video source for the Analog video output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
In Multi-Path mode, multiple video sources can be selected and sent to the assigned output. When the multiple video signals are selected, the M-Path Led on the front panel is illuminated. This control allows the selected input video to be converted and sent out to the analog video outputs (Composite, S-Video, CAV). |
|
HD Out Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video M-Path |
|
Function: |
Selects the video source for the HDTV SDI video output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
In Multi-Path mode, multiple video sources can be selected and sent to the assigned output. When the multiple video signals are selected, the M-Path Led on the front panel is illuminated. This control allows the selected input video to be converted and sent out to the HD outputs. |
|
SD Out Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video M-Path |
|
Function: |
Selects the video source for the SDTV SDI 1 video output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
In Multi-Path mode, multiple video sources can be selected and sent to the assigned output. When the multiple video signals are selected, the M-Path Led on the front panel is illuminated. This control allows the selected input video to be converted and sent out to the SD1 output. |
|
SDI2 Out Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video M-Path |
|
Function: |
Selects the video source for the SDTV SDI 2 video output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
In Multi-Path mode, multiple video sources can be selected and sent to the assigned output. When the multiple video signals are selected, the M-Path Led on the front panel is illuminated. This control allows the selected input video to be converted and sent out to the SD2 output. |
|
SV Out Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Video M-Path |
|
Function: |
Selects the video source for the Streaming video output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
In Multi-Path mode, multiple video sources can be selected and sent to the assigned output. When the multiple video signals are selected, the M-Path Led on the front panel is illuminated. This control allows the selected input video to be converted and sent out to the optional Streaming video output. |
|
Input A |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Simulcast |
|
Function: |
Simulcast video input A |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
The main primary video source can be assigned with this option for the Simulcast Input A source for A/B switching. |
|
Input B |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Simulcast |
|
Function: |
Simulcast video input B |
|
Valid Settings: |
User, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
The main primary video source can be assigned with this option for the Simulcast Input B source for A/B switching. |
|
Simulcast Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup/Simulcast |
|
Function: |
Selects the Simulcast input source. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Input A, Input B |
|
Default Setting: |
Input A |
|
Description: |
It allows the A/B video switching in the Simulcast mode and it also can be triggered from the GPI input. |
|
I/P Video Mode |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects the input video operation mode. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Auto Detect, User Select, Simulcast |
|
Default Setting: |
Auto Detect |
|
Description: |
This control defines the operational mode of the input video. When set to Auto Detect, the unit will detect the applied video source signal and perform the proper routing and conversions internally. The User Select setting allows the user to manually override the signal source selection. If multiple video input sources are selected, the unit automatically forces this parameter to the User Select option. The Simulcast is a special mode where the Main (primary) and Backup (secondary) high definition signals are switched to and from Main (primary) and Backup (secondary) standard definition signals. The simultaneous outputs of both high and standard definition outputs are provided. When the Simulcast mode is selected, the front panel led will be illuminated. |
|
All Out Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/Routing Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects a video source to be fed to all outputs. |
|
Valid Settings: |
M-Path, Composite, S-Video, CAV, SD1, SD2, DV, HD-Fiber, HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
M-Path |
|
Description: |
This is the most simple mode of operation where a single selected video source is fed to all possible video outputs. The X75 unit automatically routes and performs all necessary conversions to provide the correct video outputs. |
|
Machine Name |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Specifies the name of the unit, which will appear to remote controllers and remote networks. |
|
Description: |
The factory default machine name can be renamed by the user using the front control panel or Pilot software. Having an unique machine name on a large control network allows the quick search capability and easy identification of a unit that needs to be controlled. |
|
DCN Address |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Reports the address at which the unit will be found on a DCN network (Digital Coaxial Network) |
|
GPI-1 Function |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects which function should be triggered when a GPI pulse is received on the GPI-1 connection of the Multi I/O breakout cable. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Disabled, Freeze, Key On, Trouble Slide, Simulcast A/B, Voice-Over, Fav1, Fav2 |
|
Default Setting: |
Disabled |
|
Description: |
The GPI inputs are internally pulled HIGH. External contact closure to ground will trigger the assigned function set by the user. Disabled: no action will be taken. Freeze: Will freeze all the internal Frame Synchonizers memory. Simulcast A/B: switches between simulcast video source A and video source B. Voice-Over: Ramps down the program audio channels and mixes the voice-over channel to the program audio outputs. Fav1, Fav2 |
|
GPI-2 Function |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects which function should be triggered when a GPI pulse is received on the GPI-2 connection of the Multi I/O breakout cable. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Disabled, Freeze, Key On, Trouble Slide, Simulcast A/B, Voice-Over, Fav1, Fav2 |
|
Default Setting: |
Disabled |
|
GPO 1 Function |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects the functionality of the GPI 1 Output Pulse connection of the Multi I/O breakout cable. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Disabled, Bad Video Input, Bad Audio Input, Keyer Active, Burst Missing, Voice-Over |
|
Default Setting: |
Disabled |
|
GPO 2 Function |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects the functionality of the GPI 2 Output Pulse connection of the Multi I/O breakout cable. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Disabled, Bad Video Input, Bad Audio Input, Keyer Active, Burst Missing, Voice-Over |
|
Default Setting: |
Disabled |
|
Description: |
Disabled, Bad Video Input, Bad Audio Input, Keyer Active, Burst Missing, Voice-Over |
|
SD I/O Delay Source |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects the video source for the SDTV I/O Delay Pulse connection of the Multi I/O breakout cable. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, Analog, AV2 |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Description: |
This varying width TTL pulse is a direct output from the selected path Frame Synchronizer output. The pulse width is directly proportional to the Frame Synchronizer's input to output propagation delay and some external audio synchronizer devices can use this pulse signal to auto-synchronize its audio signal to video. |
|
RS-422 Termination |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Specifies the termination of the RS-422 serial port. |
|
Valid Settings: |
Hi-Z, 120R |
|
Default Setting: |
Hi-Z |
|
Serial Port Type |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Setup |
|
Function: |
Selects the serial communication interface type. |
|
Valid Settings: |
RS-232, RS-422 |
|
Default Setting: |
RS-232 |
|
Low Video Thresh |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Alarm Assert Setup |
|
Function: |
Sets the alarm assertion threshold level for the low video signal. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.8 IRE to +15.0 IRE (for 525) -47.9 mV to 100.0 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
10.0 IRE (for 525) 50.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Peak White Thresh |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Alarm Assert Setup |
|
Function: |
Sets the alarm assertion threshold level for the peak white signal. |
|
Valid Range: |
80.0 IRE to 109.0 IRE (for 525) 560.0 mV to 763.1 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
100.0 IRE (for 525) 690.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Peak Chroma Thresh |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Alarm Assert Setup |
|
Function: |
Sets the alarm assertion threshold level for the peak chroma signal. |
|
Valid Range: |
80.0 IRE to 113.2 IRE (for 525) 560.0 mV to 792.2 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
100.0 IRE (for 525) 680.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Analog Silence Lvl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Alarm Assert Setup |
|
Function: |
Sets the alarm assertion threshold level for the silence analog audio signal. |
|
Valid Range: |
-138.5 dB to -0.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
-60.0 dB |
|
Digital Silence Lvl |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Alarm Assert Setup |
|
Function: |
Sets the alarm assertion threshold level for the silence digital audio signal. |
|
Valid Range: |
-138.5 dB to -0.0 dB |
|
Default Setting: |
-60.0 dB |
|
Internal Temp |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
-300.00 deg to 300.00 deg |
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 deg |
|
Power Supply Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Single, Dual |
|
Default Setting: |
Single |
|
Power Supply Fail |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
None, 1, 2 |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
Fan Status |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
None, 1, 2 |
|
Default Setting: |
None |
|
CORE FPGA Ver |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
Software version information |
|
Audio FPGA Ver |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
Software version information |
|
HD FPGA Ver |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
Software version information |
|
PQM Ver |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
Software version information |
|
PROCESS Ver |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
Software version information |
|
SDIDV Ver |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Status & Vers'n Info |
|
Function: |
Software version information |
|
Y Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Y channel's Gain. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 4095 |
|
Default Setting: |
2800 |
|
Y Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Y channel's DC Offset. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 4095 |
|
Default Setting: |
2048 |
|
Cb Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cb channel's Gain. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 4095 |
|
Default Setting: |
2800 |
|
Cb Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cb channel's DC Offset. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 4095 |
|
Default Setting: |
2048 |
|
Cr Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cr channel's Gain. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 4095 |
|
Default Setting: |
2800 |
|
Cr Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cr channel's DC Offset. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 4095 |
|
Default Setting: |
2048 |
|
Y Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Y channel's Delay. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 ns to 555 ns |
|
Default Setting: |
0 ns |
|
Cb Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cb channel's Delay. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 ns to 555 ns |
|
Default Setting: |
0 ns |
|
Cr Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/A3D |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cr channel's Delay. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 ns to 555 ns |
|
Default Setting: |
0 ns |
|
Y Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/PQM |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Y channel's Gain. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 65535 |
|
Default Setting: |
30583 |
|
Y Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/PQM |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Y channel's DC Offset. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 65535 |
|
Default Setting: |
30583 |
|
Cb Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/PQM |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cb channel's Gain. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 65535 |
|
Default Setting: |
30583 |
|
Cb Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/PQM |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cb channel's DC Offset. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 65535 |
|
Default Setting: |
30583 |
|
Cr Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/PQM |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cr channel's Gain. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 65535 |
|
Default Setting: |
30583 |
|
Cr Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/PQM |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Cr channel's DC Offset. |
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 65535 |
|
Default Setting: |
30583 |
|
Black Out Level |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the black level of the Analog video input. |
|
Valid Range: |
-7.5 IRE to +7.5 IRE (for 525) -53.6 mV to +53.5 mV (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
+0.0 IRE (for 525) 0.0 mV (for 625) |
|
Description: |
This control defines the darkest level of the picture contents hence increase in black level effects the brightness of the picture. |
|
Y Out Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Gain of the Y video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Y Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the Y video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
C Out Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Gain of the Chroma channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
C Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the Chroma channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
Pb Out Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Gain of the Pb channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Pb Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the Pb channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
Pr Out Gain |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the Gain of the Pr channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
-6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 525) -6.00 dB to +6.00 dB (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 dB |
|
Pr Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the Pr channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
R Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the R channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
G Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the G channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
B Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the B channel video output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
Sync Out Offset |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration/Analog Video Output |
|
Function: |
Calibrates the DC Offset of the Sync output. |
|
Valid Range: |
0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 525) 0.0 % to +100.0 % (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
50.0 % |
|
DAC7513 |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 to 4095 |
|
Default Setting: |
2036 |
|
Save Cal |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Calibration |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
HDFS Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/HD |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
HD1, HD2 |
|
Default Setting: |
HD1 |
|
GF HD Input Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/HD |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
HD, ---, HDFS, HDTG |
|
Default Setting: |
HD1 |
|
GF(SD) SD I/P Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/HD |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SDI, SDTG |
|
Default Setting: |
SDI |
|
GF(HD) SD I/P Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/HD |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SDI, SDTG |
|
Default Setting: |
SDI |
|
HD Down Src Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/HD |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SDI, SDTG, GF1, GF2 |
|
Default Setting: |
GF1 |
|
HD Out Src Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/HD |
|
Function: |
Selects the HD out bus source. |
|
Valid Settings: |
FS Out, HDTG, GF1, GF2 |
|
Default Setting: |
GF1 |
|
GF(SD) SDHD Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/HD |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
HD, SD |
|
Default Setting: |
HD |
|
SD1 Proc Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/SDIDV |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Process 1, Process 2, SDI1 FS, SDI2 FS, SDI1 Proc, SDI2 Proc |
|
Default Setting: |
SDI1 FS |
|
SD2 Proc Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/SDIDV |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Process 1, Process 2, SDI1 FS, SDI2 FS, SDI1 Proc, SDI2 Proc |
|
Default Setting: |
SDI2 FS |
|
Process 1 Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/SDIDV |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Process 1, Process 2, SDI1 FS, SDI2 FS, SDI1 Proc, SDI2 Proc |
|
Default Setting: |
SDI1 Proc |
|
Process 2 Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/SDIDV |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Process 1, Process 2, SDI1 FS, SDI2 FS, SDI1 Proc, SDI2 Proc |
|
Default Setting: |
SDI2 Proc |
|
SDO1 Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/SDIDV |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Process 1, Process 2, SDI1 FS, SDI2 FS, SDI1 Proc, SDI2 Proc |
|
Default Setting: |
Process 1 |
|
SDO2 Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/SDIDV |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Process 1, Process 2, SDI1 FS, SDI2 FS, SDI1 Proc, SDI2 Proc |
|
Default Setting: |
Process 2 |
|
Enc1 Source Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the Composite, S-Video, CAV outputs. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Enc2 (Aux) Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the AUX-Composite output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
Enc3 (RGB) Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the RGB output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
DVI Out Src Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the DVI output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
HD Down |
|
Fixed Dly FS Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
HD Down |
|
OSD Souce Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
SD->HD Src Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
SDI1 Source Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
SDI2 Source Select |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD2 |
|
StrVidOut Src Sel |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory/Advanced Routing/Process |
|
Function: |
Selects the source for the Streaming Video output. |
|
Valid Settings: |
SD1, SD2, HD down, Analog, OSD Out, TSG1, TSG2, Temp FS Out |
|
Default Setting: |
SD1 |
|
SD->HD Detected Std |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
625, 525, N/A |
|
Default Setting: |
N/A |
|
SD->HD Present |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
No, Yes |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|
Fixed Frm. Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 frame to 1 frame (for 525) 0 frame to 1 frame (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 frame |
|
Fixed Hor. Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0.00 us to 63.56 us (for 525) 0.00 uS to 64.00 us (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0.00 us |
|
Fixed Ver. Delay |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config/Factory |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Range: |
0 lines to 524 lines (for 525) 0 lines to 624 lines (for 625)
|
|
Default Setting: |
0 lines |
|
Reset Factory Defaults |
|
Navigation Path: |
/System Config |
|
Function: |
|
|
Valid Settings: |
Yes, No |
|
Default Setting: |
No |
|